blob: ab69b05bbf322da21c5552f46a6491d275aebf2d [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00008 <meta name="description"
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00009 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +000046 <li><a href="#namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000047 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000048 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000049 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000050 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000051 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000052 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000053 </ol>
54 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000055 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
56 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000057 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +000058 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000059 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000060 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000061 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
63 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000064 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000065 </ol>
66 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000067 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
68 <ol>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +000069 <li><a href="#t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a>
70 <ol>
71 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
72 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
73 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
74 <li><a href="#t_union">Union Type</a></li>
75 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
76 </ol>
77 </li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000078 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
79 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000080 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000081 </ol>
82 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000083 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000084 </ol>
85 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000086 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000087 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000088 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000089 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000090 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
91 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +000092 <li><a href="#trapvalues">Trap Values</a></li>
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +000093 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000094 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000095 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000096 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000097 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
98 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000099 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000100 <li><a href="#metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000101 </ol>
102 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000103 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
104 <ol>
105 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +0000106 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
107 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000108 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
109 Global Variable</a></li>
110 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
111 Global Variable</a></li>
112 </ol>
113 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000114 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
115 <ol>
116 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
117 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000118 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
119 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000120 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000121 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000125 </ol>
126 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000127 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
128 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000129 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000130 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000131 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000132 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000133 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000134 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000135 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
136 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
137 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000141 </ol>
142 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000143 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
144 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000145 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
146 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
147 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000148 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000149 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000150 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000151 </ol>
152 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000153 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
154 <ol>
155 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
156 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
157 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000158 </ol>
159 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000160 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
161 <ol>
162 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
163 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
164 </ol>
165 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000166 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000167 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000168 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000169 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000172 </ol>
173 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000174 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000175 <ol>
176 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
178 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
180 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000181 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
182 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
183 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
184 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000185 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
186 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000188 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000189 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000190 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
191 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000192 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
193 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000194 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000195 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000196 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000197 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000198 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000199 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000200 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000201 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000202 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000203 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000204 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
205 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000206 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
207 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
208 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000209 </ol>
210 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000211 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
212 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000213 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
214 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000216 </ol>
217 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000218 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
219 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000220 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
221 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
222 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
223 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000227 </ol>
228 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000229 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
230 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000231 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
232 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
233 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
234 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
235 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000236 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
237 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000239 </ol>
240 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000241 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000242 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000243 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000244 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
245 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000247 </ol>
248 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000249 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
250 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000251 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
252 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
253 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
254 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
255 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000256 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000257 </ol>
258 </li>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000259 <li><a href="#int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
260 <ol>
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +0000261 <li><a href="#int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
262 <li><a href="#int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000263 </ol>
264 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000265 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000266 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000267 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000268 <ol>
269 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000270 </ol>
271 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000272 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
273 <ol>
274 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
275 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
276 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
277 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
278 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
282 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
283 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
284 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
285 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
286 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
287 </ol>
288 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000289 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
290 <ol>
291 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
292 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
293 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
294 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
295 </ol>
296 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000297 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000298 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000299 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000300 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000301 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000302 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000303 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000304 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
305 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
306 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +0000307 <li><a href="#int_objectsize">
308 '<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000309 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000310 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000311 </ol>
312 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000313</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000314
315<div class="doc_author">
316 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
317 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000318</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000319
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000320<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000321<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
322<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000323
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000324<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000325
326<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
327 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
328 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
329 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
330 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
331
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000332</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000333
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000334<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000335<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
336<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000337
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000338<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000339
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000340<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
341 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
342 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
343 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
344 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
345 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
346 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
347 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000348
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000349<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
350 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
351 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
352 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
353 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
354 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
355 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000356 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000357 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000358
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000359</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000360
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000361<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000362<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000363
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000364<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000365
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000366<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
367 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
368 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
369 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000370
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000371<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000372<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000373%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000374</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000375</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000376
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000377<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
378 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
379 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
380 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
381 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
382 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000383
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000384</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000385
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000386<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000387
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000388<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000389<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000390<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000391
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000392<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000393
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000394<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
395 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
396 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
397 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
398 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000399
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000400<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000401 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000402 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
403 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
404 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
405 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
406 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
407 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
408 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000409
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000410 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000411 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000412
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000413 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000414 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000415</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000416
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000417<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000418 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
419 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
420 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
421 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000422
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000423<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000424 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
425 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
426 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
427 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
428 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
429 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
430 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
431 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432
433<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000434 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000435
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000436<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000437
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000438<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000439<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000440%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000441</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000442</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000443
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000444<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000445
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000446<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000447<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000448%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000449</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000450</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000451
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000452<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000453
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000454<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000455<pre>
Gabor Greifec58f752009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000456%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
457%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000458%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000459</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000460</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000461
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000462<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
463 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000464
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000465<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000466 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000467 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000468
469 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000470 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000471
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000472 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
473</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000474
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000475<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000476 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
477 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
478 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000479
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000480</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000481
482<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
483<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
484<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
485
486<!-- ======================================================================= -->
487<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
488</div>
489
490<div class="doc_text">
491
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000492<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
493 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
494 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
495 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
496 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
497 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000498
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000499<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000500<pre>
501<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
502<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000503
504<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000505<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000506
507<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000508define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
509 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
510 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000511
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000512 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
513 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000514 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}
515
516<i>; Named metadata</i>
517!1 = metadata !{i32 41}
518!foo = !{!1, null}
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000519</pre>
520</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000521
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000522<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000523 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000524 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000525 "<tt>main</tt>" and <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a>
526 "<tt>foo"</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000527
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000528<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
529 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
530 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
531 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
532 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000533
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000534</div>
535
536<!-- ======================================================================= -->
537<div class="doc_subsection">
538 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
539</div>
540
541<div class="doc_text">
542
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000543<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
544 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000545
546<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000547 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000548 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
549 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
550 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
551 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
552 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
553 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000554
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000555 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000556 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere1eaf912009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000557 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
558 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
559 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
560 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
561 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000562
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000563 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000564 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
565 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
566 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000567
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000568 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000569 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000570 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
571 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
572 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
573 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
574 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
575 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000576
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000577 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000578 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Chris Lattner873187c2010-01-09 19:15:14 +0000579 the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
580 some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must be
581 generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the body may
582 be overridden with a more definitive definition later. Unreferenced
583 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. Note that
584 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
585 inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't know if
586 this definition of the function is the definitive definition within the
587 program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger definition.
588 To enable inlining and other optimizations, use "<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>"
589 linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000590
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000591 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000592 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
593 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
594 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
595 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
596
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000597 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000598 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
599 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
600 global scope.
601 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
602 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000603 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000604 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000605 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
606 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000607
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000608
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000609 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000610 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000611 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
612 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
613 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
614 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000615
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000616 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000617 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
618 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
619 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000620
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000621 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
622 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000623 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
624 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
625 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
626 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
627 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
628 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
629 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000630
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000631 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000632 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000633 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
634 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000635</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000636
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000637<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
638 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
639 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000640
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000641<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000642 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000643 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000644 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
645 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
646 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
647 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000648
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000649 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000650 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000651 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
652 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
653 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
654 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000655</dl>
656
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000657<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
658 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
659 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
660 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
661 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
662
663<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
664 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
665 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
666
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000667<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000668 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
669
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000670</div>
671
672<!-- ======================================================================= -->
673<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000674 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
675</div>
676
677<div class="doc_text">
678
679<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000680 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
681 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
682 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
683 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
684 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000685
686<dl>
687 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000688 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000689 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
690 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
691 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
692 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000693
694 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000695 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000696 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
697 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
698 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +0000699 (Application Binary Interface).
700 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Tail calls can only be optimized
Chris Lattner29689432010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000701 when this or the GHC convention is used.</a> This calling convention
702 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
703 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000704
705 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000706 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000707 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
708 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
709 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
710 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
711 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000712
Chris Lattner29689432010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000713 <dt><b>"<tt>cc <em>10</em></tt>" - GHC convention</b>:</dt>
714 <dd>This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by the
715 <a href="http://www.haskell.org/ghc">Glasgow Haskell Compiler (GHC)</a>.
716 It passes everything in registers, going to extremes to achieve this by
717 disabling callee save registers. This calling convention should not be
718 used lightly but only for specific situations such as an alternative to
719 the <em>register pinning</em> performance technique often used when
720 implementing functional programming languages.At the moment only X86
721 supports this convention and it has the following limitations:
722 <ul>
723 <li>On <em>X86-32</em> only supports up to 4 bit type parameters. No
724 floating point types are supported.</li>
725 <li>On <em>X86-64</em> only supports up to 10 bit type parameters and
726 6 floating point parameters.</li>
727 </ul>
728 This calling convention supports
729 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> but
730 requires both the caller and callee are using it.
731 </dd>
732
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000733 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000734 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000735 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
736 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000737</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000738
739<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000740 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
741 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000742
743</div>
744
745<!-- ======================================================================= -->
746<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000747 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
748</div>
749
750<div class="doc_text">
751
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000752<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
753 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000754
755<dl>
756 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000757 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000758 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
759 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
760 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
761 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000762
763 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000764 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000765 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
766 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
767 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
768 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000769
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000770 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000771 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000772 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
773 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
774 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000775</dl>
776
777</div>
778
779<!-- ======================================================================= -->
780<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000781 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
782</div>
783
784<div class="doc_text">
785
786<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000787 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
788 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000789
790<div class="doc_code">
791<pre>
792%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
793</pre>
794</div>
795
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000796<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
797 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
798 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000799
800<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000801 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
802 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
803 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
804 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
805 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
806 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
807 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
808 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000809
810</div>
811
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000812<!-- ======================================================================= -->
813<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000814 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
815</div>
816
817<div class="doc_text">
818
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000819<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000820 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
821 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
822 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
823 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
824 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
825 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
826 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
827 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
828 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
829 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000830
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000831<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
832 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
833 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
834 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
835 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
836 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000837
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000838<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
839 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
840 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
841 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
842 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000843
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000844<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
845 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
846 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
847 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
848 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000849
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000850<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000851 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000852
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000853<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000854 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
855 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
856 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
857 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000858
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000859<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
860 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000861
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000862<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000863<pre>
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000864@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000865</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000866</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000867
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000868</div>
869
870
871<!-- ======================================================================= -->
872<div class="doc_subsection">
873 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
874</div>
875
876<div class="doc_text">
877
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +0000878<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyword, an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000879 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
880 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
881 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
882 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
883 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
884 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
885 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
886 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
887 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000888
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000889<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
890 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000891 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000892 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
893 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
894 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
895 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000896
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000897<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000898 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
899 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
900 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
901 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000902
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000903<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000904 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
905 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
906 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
907 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000908
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000909<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000910 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000911
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000912<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000913 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
914 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
915 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
916 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000917
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000918<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000919<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000920<pre>
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000921define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000922 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
923 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
924 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
925 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
926</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000927</div>
928
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000929</div>
930
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000931<!-- ======================================================================= -->
932<div class="doc_subsection">
933 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
934</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000935
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000936<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000937
938<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
939 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
940 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
941 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000942
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000943<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000944<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000945<pre>
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000946@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000947</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000948</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000949
950</div>
951
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000952<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000953<div class="doc_subsection">
954 <a name="namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a>
955</div>
956
957<div class="doc_text">
958
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +0000959<p>Named metadata is a collection of metadata. <a href="#metadata">Metadata
960 nodes</a> (but not metadata strings) and null are the only valid operands for
961 a named metadata.</p>
Devang Patelcd1fd252010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000962
963<h5>Syntax:</h5>
964<div class="doc_code">
965<pre>
966!1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
967!name = !{null, !1}
968</pre>
969</div>
970
971</div>
972
973<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000974<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000975
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000976<div class="doc_text">
977
978<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
979 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
980 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
981 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
982 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
983 can have the same function type.</p>
984
985<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
986 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
987 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000988
989<div class="doc_code">
990<pre>
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000991declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000992declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
993declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000994</pre>
995</div>
996
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000997<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
998 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000999
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001000<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001001
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001002<dl>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001003 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001004 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1005 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1006 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001007
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001008 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001009 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1010 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1011 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001012
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001013 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001014 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
1015 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
1016 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
1017 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
1018 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001019
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001020 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001021 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
1022 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
1023 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
1024 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
1025 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
1026 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
1027 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
1028 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
1029 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
1030 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
1031 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
1032 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
1033 stack slot.</dd>
1034
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001035 <dt><tt><b>sret</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001036 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
1037 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
1038 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
1039 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
1040 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
1041 for return values. </dd>
1042
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001043 <dt><tt><b>noalias</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001044 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
1045 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
1046 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
1047 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
1048 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
1049 response in
1050 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
1051 analysis</a>.</dd>
1052
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001053 <dt><tt><b>nocapture</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001054 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
1055 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
1056 values.</dd>
1057
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001058 <dt><tt><b>nest</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001059 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
1060 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
1061 attribute for return values.</dd>
1062</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001063
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001064</div>
1065
1066<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001067<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001068 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1069</div>
1070
1071<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001072
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001073<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1074 string:</p>
1075
1076<div class="doc_code">
1077<pre>
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001078define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001079</pre>
1080</div>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001081
1082<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001083 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1084 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1085
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001086</div>
1087
1088<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1089<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001090 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001091</div>
1092
1093<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001094
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001095<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1096 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1097 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1098 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001099
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001100<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1101 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001102
1103<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001104<pre>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001105define void @f() noinline { ... }
1106define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1107define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001108define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001109</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001110</div>
1111
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001112<dl>
Charles Davis1e063d12010-02-12 00:31:15 +00001113 <dt><tt><b>alignstack(&lt;<em>n</em>&gt;)</b></tt></dt>
1114 <dd>This attribute indicates that, when emitting the prologue and epilogue,
1115 the backend should forcibly align the stack pointer. Specify the
1116 desired alignment, which must be a power of two, in parentheses.
1117
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001118 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001119 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1120 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1121 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001122
Jakob Stoklund Olesen570a4a52010-02-06 01:16:28 +00001123 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
1124 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1125 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1126 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1127
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001128 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001129 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1130 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1131 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001132
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001133 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001134 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1135 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1136 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001137
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001138 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001139 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1140 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1141 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001142
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001143 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001144 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1145 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1146 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001147
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001148 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001149 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1150 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1151 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1152 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1153 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1154 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1155 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1156 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1157 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001158
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001159 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001160 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1161 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1162 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1163 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1164 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1165 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1166 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1167 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1168 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001169
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001170 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001171 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1172 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1173 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1174 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1175 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1176<br>
1177 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1178 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1179 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1180
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001181 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001182 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1183 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001184 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1185<br>
1186 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1187 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1188 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1189 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001190
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001191 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001192 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1193 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1194
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001195 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001196 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1197
Bill Wendlingf82d40a2009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001198 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001199 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1200 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001201</dl>
1202
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001203</div>
1204
1205<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1206<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001207 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001208</div>
1209
1210<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001211
1212<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1213 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1214 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1215 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001216
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001217<div class="doc_code">
1218<pre>
1219module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1220module asm "more can go here"
1221</pre>
1222</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001223
1224<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1225 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001226 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001227
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001228<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1229 assembly code is generated.</p>
1230
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001231</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001232
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001233<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1234<div class="doc_subsection">
1235 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1236</div>
1237
1238<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001239
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001240<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001241 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1242 simply:</p>
1243
1244<div class="doc_code">
1245<pre>
1246target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1247</pre>
1248</div>
1249
1250<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1251 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1252 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1253 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1254
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001255<dl>
1256 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1257 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001258 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1259
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001260 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001261 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001262 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1263 location.</dd>
1264
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001265 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001266 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001267 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1268 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1269 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1270
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001271 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1272 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001273 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1274
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001275 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001276 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001277 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1278
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001279 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001280 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001281 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1282 (double).</dd>
1283
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001284 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1285 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001286 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1287
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001288 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1289 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001290 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001291
1292 <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
1293 <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
1294 in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
1295 "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001296 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
Chris Lattnere82bdc42009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001297 operations efficiently.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001298</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001299
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001300<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001301 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1302 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1303 are given in this list:</p>
1304
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001305<ul>
1306 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
Dan Gohmanfdf2e8c2010-02-23 02:44:03 +00001307 <li><tt>p:64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001308 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1309 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1310 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1311 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001312 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001313 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1314 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1315 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1316 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1317 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1318 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001319 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001320</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001321
1322<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1323 following rules:</p>
1324
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001325<ol>
1326 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001327 specification is used.</li>
1328
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001329 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001330 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1331 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1332 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1333 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1334 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1335 specified).</li>
1336
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001337 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001338 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1339 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1340 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001341</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001342
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001343</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001344
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001345<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1346<div class="doc_subsection">
1347 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1348</div>
1349
1350<div class="doc_text">
1351
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001352<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001353with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001354is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1355according to the following rules:</p>
1356
1357<ul>
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001358 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1359 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1360 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1361 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1362 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001363 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1364 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1365 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1366 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001367 no address.</li>
1368 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1369 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1370 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1371 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1372 <li>The result value of a
1373 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001374 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1375 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1376 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1377 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001378 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001379 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1380 </ul>
1381
1382<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001383<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1384alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1385interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1386<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1387and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001388
1389<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1390<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1391LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1392additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1393to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1394
1395</div>
1396
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001397<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001398<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1399<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001400
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001401<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001402
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001403<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001404 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1405 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1406 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1407 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1408 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1409 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001410
1411</div>
1412
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001413<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001414<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001415Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001416
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001417<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001418
1419<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001420
1421<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001422 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001423 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001424 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001425 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001426 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001427 </tr>
1428 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001429 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1430 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001431 </tr>
1432 <tr>
1433 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001434 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1435 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1436 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001437 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001438 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001439 <a href="#t_union">union</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001440 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001441 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1442 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001443 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001444 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001445 <tr>
1446 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1447 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1448 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001449 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1450 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001451 </tr>
1452 <tr>
1453 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001454 <td><a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001455 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1456 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1457 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1458 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001459 <a href="#t_union">union</a>,
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001460 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1461 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001462 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001463 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001464 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001465</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001466
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001467<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1468 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001469 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001470
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001471</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001472
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001473<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001474<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001475
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001476<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001477
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001478<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001479 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001480
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001481</div>
1482
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001483<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001484<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1485
1486<div class="doc_text">
1487
1488<h5>Overview:</h5>
1489<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1490 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1491 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1492
1493<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1494<pre>
1495 iN
1496</pre>
1497
1498<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1499 value.</p>
1500
1501<h5>Examples:</h5>
1502<table class="layout">
1503 <tr class="layout">
1504 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1505 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1506 </tr>
1507 <tr class="layout">
1508 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1509 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1510 </tr>
1511 <tr class="layout">
1512 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1513 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1514 </tr>
1515</table>
1516
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001517</div>
1518
1519<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001520<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1521
1522<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001523
1524<table>
1525 <tbody>
1526 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1527 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1528 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1529 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1530 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1531 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1532 </tbody>
1533</table>
1534
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001535</div>
1536
1537<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1538<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1539
1540<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001541
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001542<h5>Overview:</h5>
1543<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1544
1545<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001546<pre>
1547 void
1548</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001549
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001550</div>
1551
1552<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1553<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1554
1555<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001556
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001557<h5>Overview:</h5>
1558<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1559
1560<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001561<pre>
1562 label
1563</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001564
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001565</div>
1566
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001567<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1568<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1569
1570<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001571
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001572<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001573<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1574 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1575 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001576
1577<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001578<pre>
1579 metadata
1580</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001581
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001582</div>
1583
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001584
1585<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001586<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001587
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001588<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001589
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001590<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1591 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001592 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1593 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1594 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1595 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001596
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001597
1598</div>
1599
1600<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1601<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a> </div>
1602
1603<div class="doc_text">
1604
1605<p>Aggregate Types are a subset of derived types that can contain multiple
1606 member types. <a href="#t_array">Arrays</a>,
1607 <a href="#t_struct">structs</a>, <a href="#t_vector">vectors</a> and
1608 <a href="#t_union">unions</a> are aggregate types.</p>
1609
1610</div>
1611
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001612</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001613
1614<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001615<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001616
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001617<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001618
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001619<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001620<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001621 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1622 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001623
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001624<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001625<pre>
1626 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1627</pre>
1628
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001629<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1630 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001631
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001632<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001633<table class="layout">
1634 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001635 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1636 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1637 </tr>
1638 <tr class="layout">
1639 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1640 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1641 </tr>
1642 <tr class="layout">
1643 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1644 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001645 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001646</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001647<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1648<table class="layout">
1649 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001650 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1651 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1652 </tr>
1653 <tr class="layout">
1654 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1655 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1656 </tr>
1657 <tr class="layout">
1658 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1659 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001660 </tr>
1661</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001662
Dan Gohman7657f6b2009-11-09 19:01:53 +00001663<p>There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied by
1664 a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the bounds
1665 of an allocated object in some cases). This means that single-dimension
1666 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1667 length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style arrays' in LLVM could
1668 use the type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001669
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001670</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001671
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001672<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001673<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001674
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001675<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001676
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001677<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001678<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1679 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001680 function type is a scalar type, a void type, a struct type, or a union
1681 type. If the return type is a struct type then all struct elements must be
1682 of first class types, and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001683
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001684<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001685<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001686 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001687</pre>
1688
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001689<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001690 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1691 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1692 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1693 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001694 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001695 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001696
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001697<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001698<table class="layout">
1699 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001700 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1701 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001702 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001703 </tr><tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001704 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001705 </tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001706 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001707 an <tt>i16</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>,
1708 returning <tt>float</tt>.
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001709 </td>
1710 </tr><tr class="layout">
1711 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001712 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
1713 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
1714 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001715 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001716 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001717 </tr><tr class="layout">
1718 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001719 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1720 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001721 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001722 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001723</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001724
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001725</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001726
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001727<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001728<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001729
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001730<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001731
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001732<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001733<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1734 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1735 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1736 size.</p>
1737
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00001738<p>Structures in memory are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>'
1739 and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field
1740 with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1741 Structures in registers are accessed using the
1742 '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' and
1743 '<tt><a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue</a></tt>' instructions.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001744<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001745<pre>
1746 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1747</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001748
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001749<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001750<table class="layout">
1751 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001752 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1753 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1754 </tr><tr class="layout">
1755 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1756 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1757 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1758 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1759 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001760 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001761</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001762
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001763</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001764
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001765<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001766<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1767</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001768
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001769<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001770
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001771<h5>Overview:</h5>
1772<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001773 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1774 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1775 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1776
1777<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1778 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1779 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1780
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001781<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001782<pre>
1783 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1784</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001785
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001786<h5>Examples:</h5>
1787<table class="layout">
1788 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001789 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1790 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1791 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001792 <td class="left">
1793<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001794 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1795 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1796 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1797 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001798 </tr>
1799</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001800
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001801</div>
1802
1803<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001804<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_union">Union Type</a> </div>
1805
1806<div class="doc_text">
1807
1808<h5>Overview:</h5>
1809<p>A union type describes an object with size and alignment suitable for
1810 an object of any one of a given set of types (also known as an "untagged"
1811 union). It is similar in concept and usage to a
1812 <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, except that all members of the union
1813 have an offset of zero. The elements of a union may be any type that has a
1814 size. Unions must have at least one member - empty unions are not allowed.
1815 </p>
1816
1817<p>The size of the union as a whole will be the size of its largest member,
1818 and the alignment requirements of the union as a whole will be the largest
1819 alignment requirement of any member.</p>
1820
Dan Gohman2eddfef2010-02-25 16:51:31 +00001821<p>Union members are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001822 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1823 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1824 Since all members are at offset zero, the getelementptr instruction does
1825 not affect the address, only the type of the resulting pointer.</p>
1826
1827<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1828<pre>
1829 union { &lt;type list&gt; }
1830</pre>
1831
1832<h5>Examples:</h5>
1833<table class="layout">
1834 <tr class="layout">
1835 <td class="left"><tt>union { i32, i32*, float }</tt></td>
1836 <td class="left">A union of three types: an <tt>i32</tt>, a pointer to
1837 an <tt>i32</tt>, and a <tt>float</tt>.</td>
1838 </tr><tr class="layout">
1839 <td class="left">
1840 <tt>union {&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1841 <td class="left">A union, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1842 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1843 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1844 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1845 </tr>
1846</table>
1847
1848</div>
1849
1850<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001851<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001852
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001853<div class="doc_text">
1854
1855<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanff3ef322010-02-25 16:50:07 +00001856<p>The pointer type is used to specify memory locations.
1857 Pointers are commonly used to reference objects in memory.</p>
1858
1859<p>Pointer types may have an optional address space attribute defining the
1860 numbered address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default
1861 address space is number zero. The semantics of non-zero address
1862 spaces are target-specific.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001863
1864<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1865 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001866
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001867<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001868<pre>
1869 &lt;type&gt; *
1870</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001871
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001872<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001873<table class="layout">
1874 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001875 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001876 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1877 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1878 </tr>
1879 <tr class="layout">
1880 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1881 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001882 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001883 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1884 </tr>
1885 <tr class="layout">
1886 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1887 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1888 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001889 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001890</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001891
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001892</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001893
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001894<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001895<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001896
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001897<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001898
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001899<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001900<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1901 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1902 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
Duncan Sandsd40d14e2009-11-27 13:38:03 +00001903 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vector types are considered
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001904 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001905
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001906<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001907<pre>
1908 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1909</pre>
1910
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001911<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1912 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001913
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001914<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001915<table class="layout">
1916 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001917 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1918 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1919 </tr>
1920 <tr class="layout">
1921 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1922 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1923 </tr>
1924 <tr class="layout">
1925 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1926 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001927 </tr>
1928</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001929
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001930</div>
1931
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001932<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1933<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1934<div class="doc_text">
1935
1936<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001937<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001938 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1939 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1940 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001941
1942<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001943<pre>
1944 opaque
1945</pre>
1946
1947<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001948<table class="layout">
1949 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001950 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1951 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001952 </tr>
1953</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001954
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001955</div>
1956
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001957<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1958<div class="doc_subsection">
1959 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1960</div>
1961
1962<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001963
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001964<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001965<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1966 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1967 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1968 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1969 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001970
1971<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001972 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001973 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1974 \1* %z = type %z*
1975</pre>
1976
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001977<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1978 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1979 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1980 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1981 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001982
1983<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1984<pre>
1985 \&lt;level&gt;
1986</pre>
1987
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001988<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001989
1990<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001991<table class="layout">
1992 <tr class="layout">
1993 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1994 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1995 </tr>
1996 <tr class="layout">
1997 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1998 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1999 structure.</td>
2000 </tr>
2001</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002002
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002003</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00002004
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002005<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2006<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
2007<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2008
2009<div class="doc_text">
2010
2011<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002012 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002013
2014</div>
2015
2016<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00002017<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002018
2019<div class="doc_text">
2020
2021<dl>
2022 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002023 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00002024 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002025
2026 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002027 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
2028 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
2029 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002030
2031 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002032 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002033 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
2034 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
2035 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
2036 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
2037 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002038
2039 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002040 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002041 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002042</dl>
2043
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002044<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
2045 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
2046 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
2047 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
2048 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
2049 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
2050 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
2051 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
2052 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
2053 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
2054
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00002055<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002056 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
2057 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
2058 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
2059 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
2060 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
2061 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
2062 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
2063 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
2064 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
2065 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
2066 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
2067
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002068</div>
2069
2070<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002071<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00002072<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
2073<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002074</div>
2075
2076<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002077
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002078<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002079 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002080
2081<dl>
2082 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002083 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002084 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
2085 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
2086 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
2087 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
2088 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2089 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002090
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002091 <dt><b>Union constants</b></dt>
2092 <dd>Union constants are represented with notation similar to a structure with
2093 a single element - that is, a single typed element surrounded
2094 by braces (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4 }</tt>". The
2095 <a href="#t_union">union type</a> can be initialized with a single-element
2096 struct as long as the type of the struct element matches the type of
2097 one of the union members.</dd>
2098
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002099 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002100 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002101 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
2102 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
2103 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
2104 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2105 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002106
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002107 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002108 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002109 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
2110 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
2111 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
2112 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
2113 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002114
2115 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002116 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002117 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and
2118 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> types.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002119 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
2120 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
2121 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002122
2123 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00002124 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002125 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
2126 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
2127 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
2128 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002129</dl>
2130
2131</div>
2132
2133<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2134<div class="doc_subsection">
2135 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2136</div>
2137
2138<div class="doc_text">
2139
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002140<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2141 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2142 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2143 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2144 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2145 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002146
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002147<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002148<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002149@X = global i32 17
2150@Y = global i32 42
2151@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002152</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002153</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002154
2155</div>
2156
2157<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002158<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002159<div class="doc_text">
2160
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002161<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002162 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002163 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2164 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002165
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002166<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002167 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2168 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2169 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002170
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002171
2172<div class="doc_code">
2173<pre>
2174 %A = add %X, undef
2175 %B = sub %X, undef
2176 %C = xor %X, undef
2177Safe:
2178 %A = undef
2179 %B = undef
2180 %C = undef
2181</pre>
2182</div>
2183
2184<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2185Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2186
2187<div class="doc_code">
2188<pre>
2189 %A = or %X, undef
2190 %B = and %X, undef
2191Safe:
2192 %A = -1
2193 %B = 0
2194Unsafe:
2195 %A = undef
2196 %B = undef
2197</pre>
2198</div>
2199
2200<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2201For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2202always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002203such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002204However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2205optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2206the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002207-1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002208
2209<div class="doc_code">
2210<pre>
2211 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2212 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2213 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2214Safe:
2215 %A = %X (or %Y)
2216 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2217 %C = %Y
2218Unsafe:
2219 %A = undef
2220 %B = undef
2221 %C = undef
2222</pre>
2223</div>
2224
2225<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2226conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2227operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2228bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2229the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2230%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2231
2232
2233<div class="doc_code">
2234<pre>
2235 %A = xor undef, undef
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002236
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002237 %B = undef
2238 %C = xor %B, %B
2239
2240 %D = undef
2241 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2242 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2243
2244Safe:
2245 %A = undef
2246 %B = undef
2247 %C = undef
2248 %D = undef
2249 %E = undef
2250 %F = undef
2251</pre>
2252</div>
2253
2254<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2255This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2256assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2257number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2258arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2259"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2260logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002261so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner349eb412009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002262to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002263would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002264
2265<div class="doc_code">
2266<pre>
2267 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2268 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2269Safe:
2270 %A = undef
2271b: unreachable
2272</pre>
2273</div>
2274
2275<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2276value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2277allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2278can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2279not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2280a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2281value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner8e371aa2009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002282has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002283does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2284it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2285it occurs in dead code.
2286</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002287
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002288<div class="doc_code">
2289<pre>
2290a: store undef -> %X
2291b: store %X -> undef
2292Safe:
2293a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2294b: unreachable
2295</pre>
2296</div>
2297
2298<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002299can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002300overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2301store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2302has undefined behavior.</p>
2303
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002304</div>
2305
2306<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002307<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="trapvalues">Trap Values</a></div>
2308<div class="doc_text">
2309
Dan Gohmanc68ce062010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002310<p>Trap values are similar to <a href="#undefvalues">undef values</a>, however
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002311 instead of representing an unspecified bit pattern, they represent the
2312 fact that an instruction or constant expression which cannot evoke side
2313 effects has nevertheless detected a condition which results in undefined
Dan Gohmanc68ce062010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002314 behavior.</p>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002315
Dan Gohman698cbcb2010-04-24 22:15:58 +00002316<p>Any non-void instruction or constant expression other than a non-intrinsic
2317 call, invoke, or phi with a trap operand has trap as its result value.
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002318 Any instruction with a trap operand which may have side effects emits
2319 those side effects as if it had an undef operand instead.</p>
2320
2321<p>For example, an <a href="#i_and"><tt>and</tt></a> of a trap value with
2322 zero still has a trap value result. Using that value as an index in a
2323 <a href="#i_getelementptr"><tt>getelementptr</tt></a> yields a trap
2324 result. Using that result as the address of a
2325 <a href="#i_store"><tt>store</tt></a> produces undefined behavior.</p>
2326
2327<p>There is currently no way of representing a trap constant in the IR; they
2328 only exist when produced by certain instructions, such as an
2329 <a href="#i_add"><tt>add</tt></a> with the <tt>nsw</tt> flag
2330 set, when overflow occurs.</p>
2331
2332</div>
2333
2334<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002335<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2336 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002337<div class="doc_text">
2338
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002339<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002340
2341<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner2dfdf2a2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002342 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattnercdfc9402009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002343 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002344
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002345<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002346 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction or for comparisons
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002347 against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses is undefined
2348 behavior - though, again, comparison against null is ok, and no label is
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002349 equal to the null pointer. This may also be passed around as an opaque
2350 pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This allows
Chris Lattner3fd77ce2009-10-27 21:44:20 +00002351 <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so long as
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002352 the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002353
Chris Lattnerf9d078e2009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002354<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002355 using the value as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target
2356 specific.
2357 </p>
2358
2359</div>
2360
2361
2362<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002363<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2364</div>
2365
2366<div class="doc_text">
2367
2368<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002369 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2370 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2371 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2372 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002373
2374<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002375 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002376 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2377 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002378
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002379 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002380 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2381 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2382 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002383
2384 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002385 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2386 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2387 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002388
2389 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002390 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2391 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2392 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002393
2394 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002395 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2396 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2397 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002398
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002399 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002400 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002401 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2402 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2403 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2404 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002405
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002406 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002407 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002408 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2409 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2410 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2411 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002412
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002413 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002414 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002415 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2416 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2417 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2418 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002419
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002420 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002421 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002422 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2423 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2424 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2425 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002426
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002427 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2428 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002429 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2430 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2431 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002432
2433 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002434 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2435 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2436 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2437 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002438
2439 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002440 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2441 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2442 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002443
2444 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002445 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002446 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002447 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2448 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2449 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002450
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002451 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002452 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002453
2454 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2455 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2456
2457 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2458 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002459
2460 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002461 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2462 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002463
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002464 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002465 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2466 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002467
2468 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002469 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2470 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002471
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002472 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002473 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2474 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2475 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2476 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2477 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002478</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002479
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002480</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002481
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002482<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002483<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2484<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2485
2486<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2487<div class="doc_subsection">
2488<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2489</div>
2490
2491<div class="doc_text">
2492
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002493<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2494 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2495 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2496 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002497 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002498 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2499 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2500 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002501
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002502<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002503<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002504i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002505</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002506</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002507
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002508<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2509 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2510 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002511
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002512<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002513<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002514%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002515</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002516</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002517
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002518<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2519 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2520 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002521
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002522<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002523<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002524call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002525</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002526</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002527
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002528<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2529 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2530 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2531 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2532 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2533 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002534
2535<div class="doc_code">
2536<pre>
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002537call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002538</pre>
2539</div>
2540
2541<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2542 first.</p>
2543
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002544<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002545 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2546 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2547 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnercf9a4152010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002548</div>
2549
2550<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2551<a name="inlineasm_md">Inline Asm Metadata</a>
2552</div>
2553
2554<div class="doc_text">
2555
2556<p>The call instructions that wrap inline asm nodes may have a "!srcloc" MDNode
2557 attached to it that contains a constant integer. If present, the code
2558 generator will use the integer as the location cookie value when report
2559 errors through the LLVMContext error reporting mechanisms. This allows a
2560 front-end to corrolate backend errors that occur with inline asm back to the
2561 source code that produced it. For example:</p>
2562
2563<div class="doc_code">
2564<pre>
2565call void asm sideeffect "something bad", ""()<b>, !srcloc !42</b>
2566...
2567!42 = !{ i32 1234567 }
2568</pre>
2569</div>
2570
2571<p>It is up to the front-end to make sense of the magic numbers it places in the
2572 IR.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002573
2574</div>
2575
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002576<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2577<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata
2578 Strings</a>
2579</div>
2580
2581<div class="doc_text">
2582
2583<p>LLVM IR allows metadata to be attached to instructions in the program that
2584 can convey extra information about the code to the optimizers and code
2585 generator. One example application of metadata is source-level debug
2586 information. There are two metadata primitives: strings and nodes. All
2587 metadata has the <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a
2588 preceding exclamation point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
2589
2590<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
2591 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2592 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
2593
2594<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
2595 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
2596 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2597 10}</tt>". Metadata nodes can have any values as their operand.</p>
2598
2599<p>A <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a> is a collection of
2600 metadata nodes, which can be looked up in the module symbol table. For
2601 example: "<tt>!foo = metadata !{!4, !3}</tt>".
2602
Devang Patele1d50cd2010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002603<p>Metadata can be used as function arguments. Here <tt>llvm.dbg.value</tt>
2604 function is using two metadata arguments.
2605
2606 <div class="doc_code">
2607 <pre>
2608 call void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata !24, i64 0, metadata !25)
2609 </pre>
2610 </div></p>
2611
2612<p>Metadata can be attached with an instruction. Here metadata <tt>!21</tt> is
2613 attached with <tt>add</tt> instruction using <tt>!dbg</tt> identifier.
2614
2615 <div class="doc_code">
2616 <pre>
2617 %indvar.next = add i64 %indvar, 1, !dbg !21
2618 </pre>
2619 </div></p>
Chris Lattnere6a5ddd2010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002620</div>
2621
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002622
2623<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2624<div class="doc_section">
2625 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2626</div>
2627<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2628
2629<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2630code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002631of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2632section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2633by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002634
2635<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2636<div class="doc_subsection">
2637<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2638</div>
2639
2640<div class="doc_text">
2641
2642<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2643href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2644pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2645cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2646
2647<pre>
2648 @X = global i8 4
2649 @Y = global i32 123
2650
2651 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2652 i8* @X,
2653 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2654 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2655</pre>
2656
2657<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2658compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2659a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2660internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2661list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2662inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2663"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2664
2665<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2666object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2667
2668</div>
2669
2670<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2671<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002672<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2673</div>
2674
2675<div class="doc_text">
2676
2677<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2678<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2679touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2680linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2681by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2682
2683<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2684should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2685
2686</div>
2687
2688<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2689<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002690<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2691</div>
2692
2693<div class="doc_text">
2694
2695<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2696
2697</div>
2698
2699<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2700<div class="doc_subsection">
2701<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2702</div>
2703
2704<div class="doc_text">
2705
2706<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2707
2708</div>
2709
2710
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002711<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002712<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2713<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002714
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002715<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002716
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002717<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2718 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2719 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2720 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2721 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2722 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002723
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002724</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002725
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002726<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002727<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2728Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002729
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002730<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002731
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002732<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2733 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2734 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2735 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2736 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2737 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2738
Duncan Sands83821c82010-04-15 20:35:54 +00002739<p>There are seven different terminator instructions: the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002740 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2741 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2742 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling21c346e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002743 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002744 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2745 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2746 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002747
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002748</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002749
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002750<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002751<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2752Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002753
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002754<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002755
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002756<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002757<pre>
2758 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002759 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002760</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002761
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002762<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002763<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2764 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2765
2766<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2767 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2768 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002769
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002770<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002771<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2772 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2773 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002774
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002775<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2776 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2777 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2778 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2779 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002780
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002781<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002782<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2783 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2784 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2785 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2786 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2787 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2788 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2789 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002790
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002791<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002792<pre>
2793 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002794 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002795 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002796</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002797
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002798</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002799<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002800<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002801
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002802<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002803
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002804<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002805<pre>
2806 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002807</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002808
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002809<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002810<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2811 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2812 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2813 branch.</p>
2814
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002815<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002816<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2817 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2818 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2819 target.</p>
2820
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002821<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002822<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002823 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2824 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2825 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2826
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002827<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002828<pre>
2829Test:
2830 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2831 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2832IfEqual:
2833 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2834IfUnequal:
2835 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2836</pre>
2837
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002838</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002839
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002840<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002841<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2842 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2843</div>
2844
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002845<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002846
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002847<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002848<pre>
2849 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2850</pre>
2851
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002852<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002853<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002854 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2855 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2856 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002857
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002858<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002859<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002860 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2861 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2862 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002863
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002864<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002865<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002866 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2867 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002868 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2869 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002870
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002871<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002872<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002873 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2874 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2875 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002876
2877<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002878<pre>
2879 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002880 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002881 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002882
2883 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002884 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002885
2886 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002887 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2888 i32 1, label %onone
2889 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002890</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002891
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002892</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002893
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002894
2895<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2896<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002897 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002898</div>
2899
2900<div class="doc_text">
2901
2902<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2903<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002904 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002905</pre>
2906
2907<h5>Overview:</h5>
2908
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002909<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002910 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnerc6f44362009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002911 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
2912 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002913
2914<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2915
2916<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
2917 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
2918 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
2919 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002920
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002921<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
2922 understanding of the CFG.</p>
2923
2924<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2925
2926<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
2927 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
2928 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
2929 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
2930
2931<h5>Implementation:</h5>
2932
2933<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
2934
2935<h5>Example:</h5>
2936<pre>
Chris Lattnerab21db72009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002937 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattnerf9be95f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002938</pre>
2939
2940</div>
2941
2942
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002943<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002944<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2945 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2946</div>
2947
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002948<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002949
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002950<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002951<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002952 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002953 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002954</pre>
2955
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002956<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002957<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002958 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2959 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2960 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2961 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2962 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2963 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2964 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002965
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002966<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002967<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002968
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002969<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002970 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2971 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2972 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002973
2974 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002975 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2976 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002977
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002978 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002979 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2980 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2981 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002982
2983 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002984 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002985
2986 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00002987 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
2988 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
2989 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
2990 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002991
2992 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002993 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002994
2995 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002996 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002997
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002998 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002999 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
3000 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003001</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003002
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003003<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003004<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
3005 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
3006 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
3007 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003008
3009<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003010 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
3011 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
3012 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003013
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003014<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
3015 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
3016 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
3017 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00003018
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003019<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3020that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3021
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003022<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003023<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003024 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003025 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003026 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003027 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003028</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003029
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003030</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003031
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003032<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003033
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003034<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
3035Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003036
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003037<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003038
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003039<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003040<pre>
3041 unwind
3042</pre>
3043
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003044<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003045<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003046 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
3047 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
3048 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003049
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003050<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00003051<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003052 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
3053 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
3054 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
3055 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
3056 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
3057
Chris Lattnerdf7a6802010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003058<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3059that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3060
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003061</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003062
3063<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3064
3065<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
3066Instruction</a> </div>
3067
3068<div class="doc_text">
3069
3070<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3071<pre>
3072 unreachable
3073</pre>
3074
3075<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003076<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003077 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
3078 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
3079 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003080
3081<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003082<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003083
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003084</div>
3085
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003086<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003087<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003088
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003089<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003090
3091<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
3092 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
3093 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
3094 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
3095 has the same type as its operands.</p>
3096
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003097<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003098
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003099</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003100
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003101<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003102<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3103 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
3104</div>
3105
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003106<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003107
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003108<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003109<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003110 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003111 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3112 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3113 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003114</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003115
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003116<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003117<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003118
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003119<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003120<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
3121 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3122 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003123
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003124<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003125<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003126
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003127<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
3128 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003129
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003130<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3131 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003132
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003133<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3134 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3135 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003136 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3137 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003138
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003139<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003140<pre>
3141 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003142</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003143
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003144</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003145
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003146<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003147<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003148 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
3149</div>
3150
3151<div class="doc_text">
3152
3153<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003154<pre>
3155 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3156</pre>
3157
3158<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003159<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
3160
3161<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003162<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003163 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3164 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003165
3166<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003167<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
3168
3169<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003170<pre>
3171 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
3172</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003173
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003174</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003175
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003176<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3177<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003178 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3179</div>
3180
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003181<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003182
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003183<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003184<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003185 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003186 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3187 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3188 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003189</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003190
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003191<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003192<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003193 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003194
3195<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003196 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3197 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003198
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003199<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003200<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
3201 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3202 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003203
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003204<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003205<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003206
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003207<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003208 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3209 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003210
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003211<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3212 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003213
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003214<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3215 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3216 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003217 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3218 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003219
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003220<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003221<pre>
3222 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003223 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003224</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003225
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003226</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003227
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003228<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003229<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003230 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3231</div>
3232
3233<div class="doc_text">
3234
3235<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003236<pre>
3237 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3238</pre>
3239
3240<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003241<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003242 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003243
3244<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003245 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3246 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003247
3248<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003249<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003250 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3251 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003252
3253<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003254<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3255
3256<h5>Example:</h5>
3257<pre>
3258 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3259 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3260</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003261
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003262</div>
3263
3264<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3265<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003266 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3267</div>
3268
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003269<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003270
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003271<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003272<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003273 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003274 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3275 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3276 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003277</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003278
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003279<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003280<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003281
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003282<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003283<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3284 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3285 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003286
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003287<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003288<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003289
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003290<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3291 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3292 width of the result.</p>
3293
3294<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3295 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3296 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3297 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3298 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3299 product.</p>
3300
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003301<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3302 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3303 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
Dan Gohmanfff6c532010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003304 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3305 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003306
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003307<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003308<pre>
3309 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003310</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003311
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003312</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003313
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003314<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003315<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3316 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3317</div>
3318
3319<div class="doc_text">
3320
3321<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003322<pre>
3323 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003324</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003325
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003326<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003327<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003328
3329<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003330<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003331 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3332 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003333
3334<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003335<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3336
3337<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003338<pre>
3339 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003340</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003341
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003342</div>
3343
3344<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003345<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3346</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003347
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003348<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003349
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003350<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003351<pre>
3352 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003353</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003354
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003355<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003356<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003357
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003358<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003359<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003360 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3361 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003362
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003363<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003364<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003365
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003366<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003367 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3368
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003369<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003370
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003371<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003372<pre>
3373 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003374</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003375
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003376</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003377
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003378<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3379<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3380</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003381
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003382<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003383
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003384<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003385<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003386 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003387 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003388</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003389
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003390<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003391<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003392
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003393<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003394<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003395 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3396 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003397
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003398<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003399<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3400 towards zero.</p>
3401
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003402<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003403 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3404
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003405<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003406 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3407 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3408
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003409<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman27ef9972010-04-23 15:23:32 +00003410 <tt>sdiv</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the result would
3411 be rounded or if overflow would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003412
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003413<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003414<pre>
3415 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003416</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003417
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003418</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003419
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003420<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3421<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003422Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003423
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003424<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003425
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003426<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003427<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003428 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003429</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003430
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003431<h5>Overview:</h5>
3432<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003433
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003434<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003435<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003436 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3437 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003438
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003439<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003440<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003441
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003442<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003443<pre>
3444 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003445</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003446
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003447</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003448
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003449<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003450<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3451</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003452
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003453<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003454
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003455<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003456<pre>
3457 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003458</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003459
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003460<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003461<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3462 division of its two arguments.</p>
3463
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003464<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003465<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003466 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3467 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3468
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003469<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3470<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003471 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3472 remainder.</p>
3473
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003474<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003475 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3476
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003477<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003478
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003479<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003480<pre>
3481 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003482</pre>
3483
3484</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003485
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003486<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003487<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3488 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3489</div>
3490
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003491<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003492
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003493<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003494<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003495 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003496</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003497
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003498<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003499<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3500 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3501 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3502 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003503
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003504<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003505<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003506 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3507 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003508
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003509<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003510<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003511 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3512 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3513 a value. For more information about the difference,
3514 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3515 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3516 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3517 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3518
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003519<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003520 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3521
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003522<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003523 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3524 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3525 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3526 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3527 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3528
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003529<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003530<pre>
3531 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003532</pre>
3533
3534</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003535
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003536<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003537<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3538 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3539
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003540<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003541
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003542<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003543<pre>
3544 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003545</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003546
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003547<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003548<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3549 its two operands.</p>
3550
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003551<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3552<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003553 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3554 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003555
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003556<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003557<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3558 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003559
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003560<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003561<pre>
3562 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003563</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003564
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003565</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003566
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003567<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3568<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3569Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003570
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003571<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003572
3573<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3574 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3575 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3576 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3577 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3578
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003579</div>
3580
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003581<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3582<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3583Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003584
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003585<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003586
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003587<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003588<pre>
3589 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003590</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003591
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003592<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003593<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3594 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003595
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003596<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003597<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3598 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3599 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003600
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003601<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003602<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3603 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3604 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3605 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3606 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3607 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003608
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003609<h5>Example:</h5>
3610<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003611 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3612 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3613 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003614 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003615 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003616</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003617
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003618</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003619
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003620<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3621<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3622Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003623
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003624<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003625
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003626<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003627<pre>
3628 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003629</pre>
3630
3631<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003632<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3633 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003634
3635<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003636<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003637 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3638 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003639
3640<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3641<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003642 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3643 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3644 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3645 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3646 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003647
3648<h5>Example:</h5>
3649<pre>
3650 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3651 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3652 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3653 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003654 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003655 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003656</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003657
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003658</div>
3659
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003660<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003661<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3662Instruction</a> </div>
3663<div class="doc_text">
3664
3665<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003666<pre>
3667 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003668</pre>
3669
3670<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003671<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3672 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3673 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003674
3675<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003676<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003677 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3678 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003679
3680<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003681<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3682 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3683 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3684 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3685 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3686 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003687
3688<h5>Example:</h5>
3689<pre>
3690 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3691 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3692 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3693 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003694 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003695 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003696</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003697
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003698</div>
3699
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003700<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003701<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3702Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003703
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003704<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003705
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003706<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003707<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003708 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003709</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003710
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003711<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003712<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3713 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003714
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003715<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003716<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003717 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3718 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003719
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003720<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003721<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003722
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003723<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003724 <tbody>
3725 <tr>
3726 <td>In0</td>
3727 <td>In1</td>
3728 <td>Out</td>
3729 </tr>
3730 <tr>
3731 <td>0</td>
3732 <td>0</td>
3733 <td>0</td>
3734 </tr>
3735 <tr>
3736 <td>0</td>
3737 <td>1</td>
3738 <td>0</td>
3739 </tr>
3740 <tr>
3741 <td>1</td>
3742 <td>0</td>
3743 <td>0</td>
3744 </tr>
3745 <tr>
3746 <td>1</td>
3747 <td>1</td>
3748 <td>1</td>
3749 </tr>
3750 </tbody>
3751</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003752
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003753<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003754<pre>
3755 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003756 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3757 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003758</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003759</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003760<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003761<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003762
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003763<div class="doc_text">
3764
3765<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3766<pre>
3767 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3768</pre>
3769
3770<h5>Overview:</h5>
3771<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3772 two operands.</p>
3773
3774<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003775<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003776 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3777 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3778
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003779<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003780<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003781
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003782<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3783 <tbody>
3784 <tr>
3785 <td>In0</td>
3786 <td>In1</td>
3787 <td>Out</td>
3788 </tr>
3789 <tr>
3790 <td>0</td>
3791 <td>0</td>
3792 <td>0</td>
3793 </tr>
3794 <tr>
3795 <td>0</td>
3796 <td>1</td>
3797 <td>1</td>
3798 </tr>
3799 <tr>
3800 <td>1</td>
3801 <td>0</td>
3802 <td>1</td>
3803 </tr>
3804 <tr>
3805 <td>1</td>
3806 <td>1</td>
3807 <td>1</td>
3808 </tr>
3809 </tbody>
3810</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003811
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003812<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003813<pre>
3814 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003815 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3816 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003817</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003818
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003819</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003820
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003821<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003822<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3823Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003824
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003825<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003826
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003827<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003828<pre>
3829 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003830</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003831
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003832<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003833<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3834 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3835 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3836
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003837<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003838<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003839 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3840 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003841
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003842<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003843<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003844
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003845<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3846 <tbody>
3847 <tr>
3848 <td>In0</td>
3849 <td>In1</td>
3850 <td>Out</td>
3851 </tr>
3852 <tr>
3853 <td>0</td>
3854 <td>0</td>
3855 <td>0</td>
3856 </tr>
3857 <tr>
3858 <td>0</td>
3859 <td>1</td>
3860 <td>1</td>
3861 </tr>
3862 <tr>
3863 <td>1</td>
3864 <td>0</td>
3865 <td>1</td>
3866 </tr>
3867 <tr>
3868 <td>1</td>
3869 <td>1</td>
3870 <td>0</td>
3871 </tr>
3872 </tbody>
3873</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003874
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003875<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003876<pre>
3877 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003878 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3879 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3880 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003881</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003882
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003883</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003884
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003885<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003886<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003887 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3888</div>
3889
3890<div class="doc_text">
3891
3892<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003893 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3894 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3895 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3896 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3897 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003898
3899</div>
3900
3901<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3902<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3903 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3904</div>
3905
3906<div class="doc_text">
3907
3908<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003909<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003910 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003911</pre>
3912
3913<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003914<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3915 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003916
3917
3918<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003919<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3920 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3921 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3922 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003923
3924<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003925<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3926 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3927 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3928 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003929
3930<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003931<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003932 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003933</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003934
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003935</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003936
3937<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3938<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3939 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3940</div>
3941
3942<div class="doc_text">
3943
3944<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003945<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003946 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003947</pre>
3948
3949<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003950<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3951 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003952
3953<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003954<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3955 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3956 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3957 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3958 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003959
3960<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003961<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3962 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3963 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3964 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003965
3966<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003967<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003968 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003969</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003970
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003971</div>
3972
3973<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3974<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3975 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3976</div>
3977
3978<div class="doc_text">
3979
3980<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003981<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003982 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003983</pre>
3984
3985<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003986<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3987 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3988 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003989
3990<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003991<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3992 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3993 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3994 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3995 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003996
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003997<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3998 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003999
4000<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004001<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
4002 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
4003 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
4004 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
4005 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004006
4007<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004008<pre>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004009 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004010 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004011 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004012 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004013 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004014 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004015 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004016 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004017</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004018
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004019</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00004020
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004021<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004022<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004023 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
4024</div>
4025
4026<div class="doc_text">
4027
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004028<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with
4029 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004030
4031</div>
4032
4033<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4034<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4035 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4036</div>
4037
4038<div class="doc_text">
4039
4040<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004041<pre>
4042 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
4043</pre>
4044
4045<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004046<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a member field
4047 from an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004048
4049<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004050<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004051 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, <a href="#t_union">union</a> or
4052 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The operands are constant indices to
4053 specify which value to extract in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004054 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004055
4056<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004057<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
4058 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004059
4060<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004061<pre>
Gabor Greifa5b6f452009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004062 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004063</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004064
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004065</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004066
4067<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4068<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4069 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4070</div>
4071
4072<div class="doc_text">
4073
4074<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004075<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004076 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;aggregate type&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004077</pre>
4078
4079<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004080<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a member field
4081 in an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004082
4083<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004084<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004085 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, <a href="#t_union">union</a> or
4086 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The second operand is a first-class
4087 value to insert. The following operands are constant indices indicating
4088 the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004089 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
4090 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
4091 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004092
4093<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004094<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
4095 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
4096 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004097
4098<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004099<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskin7a088cf2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004100 %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32 1, float undef}</i>
4101 %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 <i>; yields {i32 1, float %val}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004102</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004103
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004104</div>
4105
4106
4107<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004108<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004109 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004110</div>
4111
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004112<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004113
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004114<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
4115 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00004116 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004117 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004118
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004119</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004120
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004121<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004122<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004123 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
4124</div>
4125
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004126<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004127
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004128<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004129<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004130 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004131</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004132
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004133<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004134<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004135 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
4136 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
4137 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004138
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004139<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004140<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
4141 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
4142 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
4143 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
4144 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
4145 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
4146 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
4147 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
4148 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004149
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004150<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004151
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004152<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00004153<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004154 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
4155 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
4156 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
4157 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
4158 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
4159 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
4160 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004161
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004162<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004163<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00004164 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4165 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4166 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4167 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004168</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004169
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004170</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004171
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004172<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004173<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
4174Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004175
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004176<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004177
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004178<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004179<pre>
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004180 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4181 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4182 !&lt;index&gt; = !{ i32 1 }
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004183</pre>
4184
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004185<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004186<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004187
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004188<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004189<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
4190 from which to load. The pointer must point to
4191 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
4192 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
4193 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
4194 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004195 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004196
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004197<p>The optional constant <tt>align</tt> argument specifies the alignment of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004198 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004199 omitted <tt>align</tt> argument means that the operation has the preferential
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004200 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4201 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004202 alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004203 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4204
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004205<p>The optional <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metadata must reference a single
4206 metatadata name &lt;index&gt; corresponding to a metadata node with
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004207 one <tt>i32</tt> entry of value 1. The existence of
Bill Wendling7c78dbb2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004208 the <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metatadata on the instruction tells the optimizer
4209 and code generator that this load is not expected to be reused in the cache.
4210 The code generator may select special instructions to save cache bandwidth,
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004211 such as the <tt>MOVNT</tt> instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004212
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004213<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004214<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4215 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4216 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4217 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4218 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4219 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4220 same type.</p>
4221
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004222<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004223<pre>
4224 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4225 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004226 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004227</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004228
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004229</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004230
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004231<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004232<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4233Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004234
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004235<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004236
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004237<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004238<pre>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004239 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !<index>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
4240 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !<index>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004241</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004242
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004243<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004244<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004245
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004246<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004247<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4248 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4249 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4250 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
4251 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
4252 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
4253 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
4254 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
4255 instructions.</p>
4256
4257<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4258 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4259 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4260 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4261 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4262 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4263 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4264
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004265<p>The optional !nontemporal metadata must reference a single metatadata
4266 name <index> corresponding to a metadata node with one i32 entry of
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004267 value 1. The existence of the !nontemporal metatadata on the
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004268 instruction tells the optimizer and code generator that this load is
4269 not expected to be reused in the cache. The code generator may
4270 select special instructions to save cache bandwidth, such as the
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004271 MOVNT instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene8939b0d2010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004272
4273
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004274<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004275<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4276 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4277 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4278 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4279 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4280 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4281 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4282 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4283
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004284<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004285<pre>
4286 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004287 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4288 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004289</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004290
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004291</div>
4292
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004293<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004294<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4295 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4296</div>
4297
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004298<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004299
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004300<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004301<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004302 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004303 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004304</pre>
4305
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004306<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004307<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004308 subelement of an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> data structure.
4309 It performs address calculation only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004310
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004311<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004312<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004313 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004314 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4315 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4316 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4317 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4318 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004319 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays,
4320 vectors, structs and unions. Note that subsequent types being indexed into
4321 can never be pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before
4322 continuing calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004323
4324<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerfdfeb692010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004325 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure or union, only <tt>i32</tt>
4326 integer <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer
4327 or vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004328 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004329
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004330<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4331 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004332
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004333<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004334<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004335struct RT {
4336 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004337 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004338 char C;
4339};
4340struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004341 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004342 double Y;
4343 struct RT Z;
4344};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004345
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004346int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004347 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4348}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004349</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004350</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004351
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004352<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004353
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004354<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004355<pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004356%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4357%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004358
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004359define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004360entry:
4361 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4362 ret i32* %reg
4363}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004364</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004365</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004366
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004367<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004368<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004369 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4370 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4371 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4372 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4373 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4374 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4375 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4376 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004377
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004378<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4379 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4380 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004381
4382<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004383 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004384 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004385 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4386 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004387 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4388 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4389 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004390 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004391</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004392
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004393<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman27ef9972010-04-23 15:23:32 +00004394 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the
4395 base pointer is not an <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object,
4396 or if any of the addresses that would be formed by successive addition of
4397 the offsets implied by the indices to the base address with infinitely
4398 precise arithmetic are not an <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated
4399 object. The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all
4400 the addresses that point into the object, plus the address one byte past
4401 the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004402
4403<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4404 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4405 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4406 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4407 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4408 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4409 section for more information.</p>
4410
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004411<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4412 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004413
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004414<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004415<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004416 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004417 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4418 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004419 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004420 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4421 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004422 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004423 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004424</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004425
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004426</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004427
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004428<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004429<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004430</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004431
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004432<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004433
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004434<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004435 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4436 conversions on the operand.</p>
4437
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004438</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004439
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004440<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004441<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004442 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4443</div>
4444<div class="doc_text">
4445
4446<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4447<pre>
4448 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4449</pre>
4450
4451<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004452<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4453 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004454
4455<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004456<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4457 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4458 size and type of the result, which must be
4459 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4460 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4461 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004462
4463<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004464<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4465 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4466 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4467 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004468
4469<h5>Example:</h5>
4470<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004471 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004472 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004473 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004474</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004475
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004476</div>
4477
4478<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4479<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4480 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4481</div>
4482<div class="doc_text">
4483
4484<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4485<pre>
4486 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4487</pre>
4488
4489<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004490<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004491 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004492
4493
4494<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004495<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004496 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4497 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004498 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004499 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004500
4501<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4502<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004503 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004504
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004505<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004506
4507<h5>Example:</h5>
4508<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004509 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004510 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004511</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004512
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004513</div>
4514
4515<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4516<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4517 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4518</div>
4519<div class="doc_text">
4520
4521<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4522<pre>
4523 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4524</pre>
4525
4526<h5>Overview:</h5>
4527<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4528
4529<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004530<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004531 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4532 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004533 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004534 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004535
4536<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004537<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4538 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4539 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004540
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004541<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004542
4543<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004544<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004545 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004546 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004547</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004548
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004549</div>
4550
4551<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4552<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004553 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4554</div>
4555
4556<div class="doc_text">
4557
4558<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004559<pre>
4560 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4561</pre>
4562
4563<h5>Overview:</h5>
4564<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004565 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004566
4567<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4568<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004569 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4570 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004571 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004572 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004573
4574<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004575<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004576 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004577 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4578 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4579 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004580
4581<h5>Example:</h5>
4582<pre>
4583 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4584 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4585</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004586
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004587</div>
4588
4589<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4590<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004591 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4592</div>
4593<div class="doc_text">
4594
4595<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4596<pre>
4597 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4598</pre>
4599
4600<h5>Overview:</h5>
4601<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004602 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004603
4604<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004605<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004606 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4607 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4608 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004609
4610<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004611<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004612 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4613 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4614 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4615 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004616
4617<h5>Example:</h5>
4618<pre>
4619 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4620 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4621</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004622
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004623</div>
4624
4625<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4626<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004627 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004628</div>
4629<div class="doc_text">
4630
4631<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4632<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004633 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004634</pre>
4635
4636<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004637<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004638 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004639
4640<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004641<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4642 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4643 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4644 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4645 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004646
4647<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004648<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004649 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4650 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4651 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004652
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004653<h5>Example:</h5>
4654<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004655 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004656 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004657 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004658</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004659
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004660</div>
4661
4662<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4663<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004664 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004665</div>
4666<div class="doc_text">
4667
4668<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4669<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004670 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004671</pre>
4672
4673<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004674<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004675 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4676 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004677
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004678<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004679<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4680 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4681 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4682 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4683 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004684
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004685<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004686<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004687 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4688 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4689 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004690
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004691<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004692<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004693 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004694 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004695 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004696</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004697
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004698</div>
4699
4700<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4701<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004702 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004703</div>
4704<div class="doc_text">
4705
4706<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4707<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004708 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004709</pre>
4710
4711<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004712<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004713 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004714
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004715<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004716<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004717 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4718 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4719 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4720 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004721
4722<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004723<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004724 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4725 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4726 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004727
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004728<h5>Example:</h5>
4729<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004730 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004731 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004732</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004733
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004734</div>
4735
4736<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4737<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004738 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004739</div>
4740<div class="doc_text">
4741
4742<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4743<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004744 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004745</pre>
4746
4747<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004748<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4749 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004750
4751<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004752<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004753 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4754 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4755 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4756 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004757
4758<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004759<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4760 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4761 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004762
4763<h5>Example:</h5>
4764<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004765 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004766 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004767</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004768
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004769</div>
4770
4771<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4772<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004773 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4774</div>
4775<div class="doc_text">
4776
4777<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4778<pre>
4779 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4780</pre>
4781
4782<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004783<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4784 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004785
4786<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004787<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4788 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4789 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004790
4791<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4792<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004793 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4794 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4795 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4796 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4797 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4798 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004799
4800<h5>Example:</h5>
4801<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004802 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4803 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004804</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004805
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004806</div>
4807
4808<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4809<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4810 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4811</div>
4812<div class="doc_text">
4813
4814<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4815<pre>
4816 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4817</pre>
4818
4819<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004820<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4821 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004822
4823<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004824<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004825 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4826 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004827
4828<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4829<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004830 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4831 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4832 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4833 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4834 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004835
4836<h5>Example:</h5>
4837<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004838 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greif6a292012009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004839 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4840 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004841</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004842
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004843</div>
4844
4845<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4846<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004847 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004848</div>
4849<div class="doc_text">
4850
4851<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4852<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004853 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004854</pre>
4855
4856<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004857<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004858 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004859
4860<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004861<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4862 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4863 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4864 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4865 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4866 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4867 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4868 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004869
4870<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004871<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004872 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4873 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4874 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4875 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4876 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4877 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004878
4879<h5>Example:</h5>
4880<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004881 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004882 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004883 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004884</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004885
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004886</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004887
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004888<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4889<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004890
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004891<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004892
4893<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4894 defy better classification.</p>
4895
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004896</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004897
4898<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4899<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4900</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004901
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004902<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004903
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004904<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004905<pre>
4906 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004907</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004908
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004909<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004910<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4911 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4912 pointer operands.</p>
4913
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004914<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4915<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004916 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4917 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4918
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004919<ol>
4920 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4921 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4922 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4923 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4924 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4925 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4926 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4927 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4928 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4929 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4930</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004931
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004932<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004933 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4934 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4935
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004936<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004937<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4938 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004939 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004940 result, as follows:</p>
4941
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004942<ol>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004943 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004944 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4945 performed.</li>
4946
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004947 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004948 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4949 performed.</li>
4950
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004951 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004952 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4953
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004954 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004955 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4956 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4957
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004958 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004959 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4960
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004961 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004962 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4963
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004964 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004965 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4966
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004967 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004968 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4969 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4970
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004971 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004972 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4973
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004974 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004975 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004976</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004977
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004978<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004979 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4980
4981<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4982 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4983 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004984
4985<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004986<pre>
4987 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004988 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4989 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4990 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4991 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4992 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004993</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004994
4995<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4996 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4997
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004998</div>
4999
5000<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5001<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
5002</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005003
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005004<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005005
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005006<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005007<pre>
5008 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005009</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005010
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005011<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005012<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
5013 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
5014
5015<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005016(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005017
5018<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
5019 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
5020 compared.</p>
5021
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005022<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5023<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005024 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
5025 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
5026
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005027<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005028 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005029 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
5030 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
5031 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
5032 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
5033 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
5034 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
5035 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
5036 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
5037 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
5038 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
5039 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
5040 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
5041 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
5042 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005043 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005044</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005045
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005046<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005047 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
5048
5049<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
5050 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
5051 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
5052 identical types.</p>
5053
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005054<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00005055<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005056 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
5057 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005058 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005059 follows:</p>
5060
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005061<ol>
5062 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005063
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005064 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005065 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5066
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005067 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005068 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005069
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005070 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005071 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5072
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005073 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005074 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5075
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005076 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005077 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5078
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005079 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005080 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5081
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005082 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005083
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005084 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005085 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5086
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005087 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005088 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5089
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005090 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005091 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5092
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005093 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005094 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5095
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005096 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005097 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5098
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005099 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005100 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5101
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005102 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005103
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005104 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
5105</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005106
5107<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005108<pre>
5109 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005110 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5111 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5112 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005113</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005114
5115<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5116 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5117
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005118</div>
5119
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005120<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00005121<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005122 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
5123</div>
5124
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005125<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005126
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005127<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005128<pre>
5129 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
5130</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005131
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005132<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005133<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
5134 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
5135
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005136<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005137<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
5138 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
5139 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
5140 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
5141 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
5142 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005143
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005144<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
5145 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
5146 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005147
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005148<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
5149 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
5150 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
5151 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00005152
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005153<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005154<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005155 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
5156 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005157
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005158<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005159<pre>
5160Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
5161 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
5162 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
5163 br label %Loop
5164</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005165
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005166</div>
5167
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005168<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5169<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5170 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
5171</div>
5172
5173<div class="doc_text">
5174
5175<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005176<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005177 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
5178
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005179 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005180</pre>
5181
5182<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005183<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
5184 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005185
5186
5187<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005188<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
5189 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
5190 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
5191 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
5192 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005193
5194<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005195<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
5196 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005197
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005198<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
5199 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005200
5201<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005202<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00005203 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005204</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005205
5206<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
5207 with vector type.</p>
5208
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005209</div>
5210
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00005211<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5212<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005213 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
5214</div>
5215
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005216<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005217
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005218<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005219<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00005220 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005221</pre>
5222
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005223<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005224<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005225
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005226<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005227<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005228
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005229<ol>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005230 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does not
5231 access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may be
5232 marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5233 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. If the "tail" marker is
5234 present, the function call is eligible for tail call optimization,
5235 but <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">might not in fact be
Evan Chengdc444e92010-03-08 21:05:02 +00005236 optimized into a jump</a>. The code generator may optimize calls marked
5237 "tail" with either 1) automatic <a href="CodeGenerator.html#sibcallopt">
5238 sibling call optimization</a> when the caller and callee have
5239 matching signatures, or 2) forced tail call optimization when the
5240 following extra requirements are met:
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005241 <ul>
5242 <li>Caller and callee both have the calling
5243 convention <tt>fastcc</tt>.</li>
5244 <li>The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
5245 uses value of call or is void).</li>
5246 <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled,
Dan Gohmanfbbee8d2010-03-02 01:08:11 +00005247 or <code>llvm::GuaranteedTailCallOpt</code> is <code>true</code>.</li>
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005248 <li><a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Platform specific
5249 constraints are met.</a></li>
5250 </ul>
5251 </li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005252
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005253 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5254 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
Jeffrey Yasskin95fa80a2010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005255 defaults to using C calling conventions. The calling convention of the
5256 call must match the calling convention of the target function, or else the
5257 behavior is undefined.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005258
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005259 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5260 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5261 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5262
5263 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5264 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5265 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5266
5267 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5268 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5269 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5270 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5271
5272 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5273 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5274 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5275 to function value.</li>
5276
5277 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner0724fbd2010-03-02 06:36:51 +00005278 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
5279 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
5280 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
5281 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005282
5283 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5284 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5285 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005286</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005287
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005288<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005289<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5290 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5291 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5292 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5293 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5294 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005295
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005296<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005297<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005298 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005299 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
5300 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5301 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5302 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005303
5304 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005305 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005306 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5307 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005308 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005309 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005310</pre>
5311
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005312<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005313standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5314optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5315something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005316freestanding environments and non-C-based languages.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005317
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005318</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005319
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005320<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005321<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005322 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005323</div>
5324
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005325<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005326
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005327<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005328<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005329 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005330</pre>
5331
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005332<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005333<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005334 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5335 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005336
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005337<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005338<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5339 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5340 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5341 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005342
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005343<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005344<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5345 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5346 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5347 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005348
5349<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005350 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5351 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005352
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005353<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5354 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5355 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005356
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005357<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005358<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5359
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005360<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5361 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5362 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005363
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005364</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005365
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005366<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005367<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5368<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005369
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005370<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005371
5372<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005373 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5374 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5375 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5376 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5377 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005378
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005379<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005380 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5381 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5382 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5383 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5384 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5385 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5386 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005387
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005388<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5389 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5390 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5391 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5392 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5393 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5394 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5395 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5396 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5397 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005398
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005399<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5400 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5401 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5402 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5403 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5404 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5405 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5406 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5407 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5408 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005409
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005410<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005411 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005412
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005413</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005414
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005415<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005416<div class="doc_subsection">
5417 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5418</div>
5419
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005420<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005421
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005422<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5423 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5424 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5425 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005426
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005427<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5428 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5429 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5430 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005431
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005432<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005433 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5434 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005435
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005436<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005437<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005438define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005439 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005440 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005441 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005442 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005443
5444 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005445 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005446
5447 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005448 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005449 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005450 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005451 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005452
5453 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005454 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005455 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005456}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005457
5458declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5459declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5460declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005461</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005462</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005463
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005464</div>
5465
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005466<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005467<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005468 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005469</div>
5470
5471
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005472<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005473
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005474<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005475<pre>
5476 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5477</pre>
5478
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005479<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005480<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5481 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005482
5483<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005484<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005485
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005486<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005487<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005488 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5489 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5490 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5491 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5492 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5493 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005494
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005495</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005496
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005497<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005498<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005499 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005500</div>
5501
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005502<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005503
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005504<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5505<pre>
5506 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5507</pre>
5508
5509<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005510<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005511 which has been initialized previously
5512 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5513 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005514
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005515<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005516<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005517
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005518<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005519<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005520 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5521 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5522 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5523 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5524 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005525
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005526</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005527
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005528<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005529<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005530 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005531</div>
5532
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005533<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005534
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005535<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005536<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005537 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005538</pre>
5539
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005540<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005541<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005542 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005543
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005544<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005545<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005546 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5547 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005548
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005549<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005550<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005551 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5552 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5553 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5554 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5555 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005556
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005557</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005558
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005559<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5560<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005561 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5562</div>
5563
5564<div class="doc_text">
5565
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005566<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005567Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005568intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5569roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5570require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5571barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5572these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5573see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5574LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005575
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005576<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5577 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005578
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005579</div>
5580
5581<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5582<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005583 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005584</div>
5585
5586<div class="doc_text">
5587
5588<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005589<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005590 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005591</pre>
5592
5593<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005594<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005595 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005596
5597<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005598<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005599 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5600 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5601 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005602
5603<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005604<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005605 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5606 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5607 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5608 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005609
5610</div>
5611
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005612<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5613<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005614 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005615</div>
5616
5617<div class="doc_text">
5618
5619<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005620<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005621 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005622</pre>
5623
5624<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005625<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005626 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5627 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005628
5629<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005630<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005631 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5632 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5633 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005634
5635<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005636<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005637 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5638 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5639 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5640 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005641
5642</div>
5643
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005644<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5645<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005646 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005647</div>
5648
5649<div class="doc_text">
5650
5651<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005652<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005653 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005654</pre>
5655
5656<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005657<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005658 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5659 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005660
5661<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005662<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005663 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5664 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5665 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005666
5667<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005668<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005669 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5670 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5671 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5672 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005673
5674</div>
5675
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005676<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5677<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005678 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5679</div>
5680
5681<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005682
5683<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5684 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005685
5686</div>
5687
5688<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5689<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005690 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005691</div>
5692
5693<div class="doc_text">
5694
5695<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5696<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005697 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005698</pre>
5699
5700<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005701<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5702 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5703 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005704
5705<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005706<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5707 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5708 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005709
5710<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005711<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5712 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5713 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5714 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5715 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005716
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005717<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5718 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5719 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005720
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005721</div>
5722
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005723<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5724<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005725 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005726</div>
5727
5728<div class="doc_text">
5729
5730<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5731<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005732 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005733</pre>
5734
5735<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005736<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5737 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005738
5739<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005740<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5741 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5742 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005743
5744<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005745<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5746 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5747 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5748 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5749 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005750
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005751<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5752 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5753 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005754
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005755</div>
5756
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005757<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5758<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005759 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005760</div>
5761
5762<div class="doc_text">
5763
5764<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5765<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005766 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005767</pre>
5768
5769<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005770<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5771 of the function stack, for use
5772 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5773 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5774 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005775
5776<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005777<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5778 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5779 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5780 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5781 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5782 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5783 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005784
5785</div>
5786
5787<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5788<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005789 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005790</div>
5791
5792<div class="doc_text">
5793
5794<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5795<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005796 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005797</pre>
5798
5799<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005800<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5801 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5802 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5803 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5804 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005805
5806<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005807<p>See the description
5808 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005809
5810</div>
5811
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005812<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5813<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005814 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005815</div>
5816
5817<div class="doc_text">
5818
5819<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5820<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005821 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005822</pre>
5823
5824<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005825<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5826 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5827 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5828 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005829
5830<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005831<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5832 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5833 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5834 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5835 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005836
5837<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005838<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5839 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5840 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5841 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005842
5843</div>
5844
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005845<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5846<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005847 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005848</div>
5849
5850<div class="doc_text">
5851
5852<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5853<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005854 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005855</pre>
5856
5857<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005858<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5859 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5860 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5861 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5862 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5863 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5864 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5865 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005866
5867<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005868<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005869
5870<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005871<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005872 not support this intrinsic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005873
5874</div>
5875
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005876<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5877<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005878 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005879</div>
5880
5881<div class="doc_text">
5882
5883<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5884<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005885 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005886</pre>
5887
5888<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005889<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5890 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5891 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5892 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5893 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005894
5895<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005896<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5897 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5898 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5899 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005900
5901</div>
5902
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005903<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5904<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005905 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5906</div>
5907
5908<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005909
5910<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5911 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5912 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5913 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005914
5915</div>
5916
5917<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5918<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005919 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005920</div>
5921
5922<div class="doc_text">
5923
5924<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005925<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00005926 integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support
5927 all bit widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005928
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005929<pre>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005930 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5931 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
5932 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5933 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005934</pre>
5935
5936<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005937<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5938 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005939
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005940<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005941 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
5942 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005943
5944<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005945
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005946<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5947 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005948 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5949 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
5950 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005951
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005952<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005953 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5954 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005955
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005956<p>Volatile accesses should not be deleted if dead, but the access behavior is
5957 not very cleanly specified and it is unwise to depend on it.</p>
5958
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005959<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005960
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005961<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5962 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5963 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5964 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5965 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005966
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005967</div>
5968
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005969<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5970<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005971 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005972</div>
5973
5974<div class="doc_text">
5975
5976<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005977<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00005978 width and for different address space. Not all targets support all bit
5979 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005980
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005981<pre>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005982 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5983 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
5984 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5985 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005986</pre>
5987
5988<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005989<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5990 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5991 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5992 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005993
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005994<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005995 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
5996 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005997
5998<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00005999
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006000<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6001 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006002 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6003 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6004 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006005
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006006<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006007 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
6008 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006009
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006010<p>Volatile accesses should not be deleted if dead, but the access behavior is
6011 not very cleanly specified and it is unwise to depend on it.</p>
6012
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006013<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006014
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006015<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6016 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
6017 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6018 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6019 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006020
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006021</div>
6022
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006023<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6024<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006025 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006026</div>
6027
6028<div class="doc_text">
6029
6030<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006031<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Mon P Wange88909b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006032 width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6033 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006034
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006035<pre>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006036 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattnerff35c3f2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006037 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006038 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattnerff35c3f2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006039 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006040</pre>
6041
6042<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006043<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
6044 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006045
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006046<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006047 intrinsic does not return a value, takes extra alignment/volatile arguments,
6048 and the destination can be in an arbitrary address space.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006049
6050<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006051<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
6052 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
6053 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
6054 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006055
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006056<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006057 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
6058 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006059
Chris Lattner9f636de2010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006060<p>Volatile accesses should not be deleted if dead, but the access behavior is
6061 not very cleanly specified and it is unwise to depend on it.</p>
6062
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006063<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006064<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
6065 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6066 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6067 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006068
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006069</div>
6070
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006071<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6072<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006073 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006074</div>
6075
6076<div class="doc_text">
6077
6078<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006079<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
6080 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6081 types however.</p>
6082
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006083<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006084 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
6085 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
6086 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6087 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
6088 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006089</pre>
6090
6091<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006092<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
6093 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
6094 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
6095 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
6096 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
6097 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006098
6099<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006100<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6101 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006102
6103<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006104<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
6105 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006106
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006107</div>
6108
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006109<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6110<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006111 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006112</div>
6113
6114<div class="doc_text">
6115
6116<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006117<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
6118 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6119 types however.</p>
6120
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006121<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006122 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
6123 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
6124 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
6125 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
6126 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006127</pre>
6128
6129<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006130<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6131 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
6132 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
6133 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006134
6135<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006136<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
6137 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006138
6139<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006140<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
6141 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006142
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006143</div>
6144
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006145<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6146<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6147 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6148</div>
6149
6150<div class="doc_text">
6151
6152<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006153<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
6154 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6155 types however.</p>
6156
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006157<pre>
6158 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
6159 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
6160 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6161 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
6162 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6163</pre>
6164
6165<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006166<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006167
6168<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006169<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6170 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006171
6172<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006173<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
6174 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6175 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006176
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006177</div>
6178
6179<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6180<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6181 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6182</div>
6183
6184<div class="doc_text">
6185
6186<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006187<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
6188 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6189 types however.</p>
6190
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006191<pre>
6192 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
6193 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
6194 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6195 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
6196 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6197</pre>
6198
6199<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006200<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006201
6202<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006203<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6204 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006205
6206<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006207<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
6208 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6209 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006210
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006211</div>
6212
6213<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6214<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6215 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6216</div>
6217
6218<div class="doc_text">
6219
6220<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006221<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
6222 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6223 types however.</p>
6224
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006225<pre>
6226 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
6227 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
6228 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
6229 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
6230 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
6231</pre>
6232
6233<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006234<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6235 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006236
6237<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006238<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
6239 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006240
6241<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006242<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
6243 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
6244 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006245
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006246</div>
6247
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006248<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6249<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006250 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006251</div>
6252
6253<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006254
6255<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6256 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006257
6258</div>
6259
6260<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6261<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006262 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006263</div>
6264
6265<div class="doc_text">
6266
6267<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006268<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006269 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6270
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006271<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006272 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6273 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6274 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006275</pre>
6276
6277<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006278<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6279 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6280 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6281 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006282
6283<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006284<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6285 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6286 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6287 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6288 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6289 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6290 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6291 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006292
6293</div>
6294
6295<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6296<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006297 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006298</div>
6299
6300<div class="doc_text">
6301
6302<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006303<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006304 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6305
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006306<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006307 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006308 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006309 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006310 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6311 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006312</pre>
6313
6314<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006315<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6316 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006317
6318<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006319<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6320 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006321
6322<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006323<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006324
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006325</div>
6326
6327<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6328<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006329 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006330</div>
6331
6332<div class="doc_text">
6333
6334<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006335<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6336 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6337
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006338<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006339 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6340 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006341 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006342 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6343 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006344</pre>
6345
6346<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006347<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6348 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006349
6350<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006351<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6352 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006353
6354<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006355<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6356 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6357 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006358
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006359</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006360
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006361<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6362<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006363 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006364</div>
6365
6366<div class="doc_text">
6367
6368<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006369<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6370 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6371
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006372<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006373 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6374 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006375 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006376 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6377 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006378</pre>
6379
6380<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006381<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6382 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006383
6384<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006385<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6386 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006387
6388<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006389<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6390 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6391 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006392
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006393</div>
6394
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006395<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6396<div class="doc_subsection">
6397 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6398</div>
6399
6400<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006401
6402<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006403
6404</div>
6405
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006406<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6407<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006408 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006409</div>
6410
6411<div class="doc_text">
6412
6413<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006414<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006415 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006416
6417<pre>
6418 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6419 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6420 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6421</pre>
6422
6423<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006424<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006425 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6426 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006427
6428<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006429<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006430 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6431 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6432 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6433 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006434
6435<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006436<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006437 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6438 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6439 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6440 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006441
6442<h5>Examples:</h5>
6443<pre>
6444 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6445 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6446 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6447 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6448</pre>
6449
6450</div>
6451
6452<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6453<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006454 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006455</div>
6456
6457<div class="doc_text">
6458
6459<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006460<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006461 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006462
6463<pre>
6464 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6465 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6466 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6467</pre>
6468
6469<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006470<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006471 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6472 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006473
6474<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006475<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006476 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6477 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6478 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6479 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006480
6481<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006482<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006483 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6484 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6485 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006486
6487<h5>Examples:</h5>
6488<pre>
6489 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6490 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6491 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6492 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6493</pre>
6494
6495</div>
6496
6497<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6498<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006499 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006500</div>
6501
6502<div class="doc_text">
6503
6504<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006505<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006506 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006507
6508<pre>
6509 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6510 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6511 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6512</pre>
6513
6514<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006515<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006516 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6517 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006518
6519<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006520<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006521 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6522 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6523 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6524 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006525
6526<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006527<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006528 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6529 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6530 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6531 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006532
6533<h5>Examples:</h5>
6534<pre>
6535 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6536 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6537 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6538 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6539</pre>
6540
6541</div>
6542
6543<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6544<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006545 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006546</div>
6547
6548<div class="doc_text">
6549
6550<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006551<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006552 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006553
6554<pre>
6555 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6556 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6557 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6558</pre>
6559
6560<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006561<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006562 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6563 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006564
6565<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006566<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006567 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6568 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6569 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6570 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006571
6572<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006573<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006574 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6575 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6576 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6577 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006578
6579<h5>Examples:</h5>
6580<pre>
6581 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6582 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6583 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6584 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6585</pre>
6586
6587</div>
6588
6589<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6590<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006591 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006592</div>
6593
6594<div class="doc_text">
6595
6596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006597<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006598 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006599
6600<pre>
6601 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6602 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6603 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6604</pre>
6605
6606<h5>Overview:</h5>
6607
6608<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006609 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6610 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006611
6612<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006613<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006614 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6615 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6616 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6617 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006618
6619<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006620<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006621 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6622 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6623 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6624 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006625
6626<h5>Examples:</h5>
6627<pre>
6628 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6629 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6630 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6631 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6632</pre>
6633
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006634</div>
6635
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006636<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6637<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6638 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6639</div>
6640
6641<div class="doc_text">
6642
6643<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006644<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006645 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006646
6647<pre>
6648 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6649 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6650 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6651</pre>
6652
6653<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006654<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006655 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6656 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006657
6658<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006659<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006660 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6661 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6662 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6663 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006664
6665<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006666<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006667 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6668 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6669 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6670 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006671
6672<h5>Examples:</h5>
6673<pre>
6674 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6675 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6676 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6677 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6678</pre>
6679
6680</div>
6681
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006682<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6683<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006684 <a name="int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
6685</div>
6686
6687<div class="doc_text">
6688
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006689<p>Half precision floating point is a storage-only format. This means that it is
6690 a dense encoding (in memory) but does not support computation in the
6691 format.</p>
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006692
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006693<p>This means that code must first load the half-precision floating point
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006694 value as an i16, then convert it to float with <a
6695 href="#int_convert_from_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt></a>.
6696 Computation can then be performed on the float value (including extending to
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006697 double etc). To store the value back to memory, it is first converted to
6698 float if needed, then converted to i16 with
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006699 <a href="#int_convert_to_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt></a>, then
6700 storing as an i16 value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006701</div>
6702
6703<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6704<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006705 <a name="int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006706</div>
6707
6708<div class="doc_text">
6709
6710<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6711<pre>
6712 declare i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6713</pre>
6714
6715<h5>Overview:</h5>
6716<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6717 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
6718 floating point format.</p>
6719
6720<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6721<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6722 converted.</p>
6723
6724<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6725<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6726 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006727 floating point format. The return value is an <tt>i16</tt> which
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006728 contains the converted number.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006729
6730<h5>Examples:</h5>
6731<pre>
6732 %res = call i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6733 store i16 %res, i16* @x, align 2
6734</pre>
6735
6736</div>
6737
6738<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6739<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006740 <a name="int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006741</div>
6742
6743<div class="doc_text">
6744
6745<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6746<pre>
6747 declare f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6748</pre>
6749
6750<h5>Overview:</h5>
6751<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6752 a conversion from half precision floating point format to single precision
6753 floating point format.</p>
6754
6755<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6756<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6757 converted.</p>
6758
6759<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6760<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs a
Chris Lattner0cec9c82010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006761 conversion from half single precision floating point format to single
Chris Lattner82c3dc62010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006762 precision floating point format. The input half-float value is represented by
6763 an <tt>i16</tt> value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovf02e7302010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006764
6765<h5>Examples:</h5>
6766<pre>
6767 %a = load i16* @x, align 2
6768 %res = call f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6769</pre>
6770
6771</div>
6772
6773<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6774<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006775 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6776</div>
6777
6778<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006779
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006780<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6781 prefix), are described in
6782 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6783 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6784
6785</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006786
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006787<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6788<div class="doc_subsection">
6789 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6790</div>
6791
6792<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006793
6794<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6795 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6796 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6797 Handling</a> document.</p>
6798
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006799</div>
6800
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006801<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6802<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006803 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006804</div>
6805
6806<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006807
6808<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6809 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6810 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6811 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6812 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6813 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6814 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6815
6816<p>For example, if the function is
6817 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6818 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6819 follows:</p>
6820
6821<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006822<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006823 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6824 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6825 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6826 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006827</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006828</div>
6829
6830<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6831 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6832
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006833</div>
6834
6835<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6836<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6837 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6838</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006839
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006840<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006841
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006842<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6843<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006844 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006845</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006846
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006847<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006848<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6849 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6850
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006851<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006852<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6853 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6854 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6855 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6856 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6857 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6858 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6859 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6860
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006861<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006862<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6863 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6864 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6865 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6866 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6867 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6868 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6869 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6870 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6871 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6872 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6873 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6874
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006875</div>
6876
6877<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6878<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006879 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6880</div>
6881
6882<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006883
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006884<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6885 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6886 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6887 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6888 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6889 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6890 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6891 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6892 synchronization IR.</p>
6893
6894<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6895 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6896 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6897 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6898 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6899 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6900 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6901
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006902</div>
6903
6904<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6905<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6906 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6907</div>
6908<div class="doc_text">
6909<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6910<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006911 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006912</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006913
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006914<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006915<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6916 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6917
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006918<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006919<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6920 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
Dan Gohmanb55a1ee2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006921 fifth argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006922 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006923
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006924<ul>
6925 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6926 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6927 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6928 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6929 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6930</ul>
6931
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006932<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006933<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6934 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6935 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6936 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6937 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6938 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6939 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6940 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006941
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006942<ul>
6943 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6944 after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006945 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006946 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006947 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006948 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00006949 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006950 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6951</ul>
6952
6953<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6954 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6955
6956<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6957 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6958 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6959 noops.</p>
6960
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006961<h5>Example:</h5>
6962<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006963%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6964%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006965 store i32 4, %ptr
6966
6967%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6968 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6969 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6970 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6971</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006972
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006973</div>
6974
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006975<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6976<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006977 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006978</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006979
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006980<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006981
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006982<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006983<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6984 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6985 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006986
6987<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006988 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6989 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6990 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6991 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006992</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006993
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006994<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006995<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6996 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6997
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006998<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006999<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
7000 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
7001 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
7002 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
7003 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007004
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007005<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007006<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
7007 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
7008 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
7009 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
7010 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
7011 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007012
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007013<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007014<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007015%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7016%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007017 store i32 4, %ptr
7018
7019%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007020%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007021 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7022%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7023%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7024
7025%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007026%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007027 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7028%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
7029
7030%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
7031</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007032
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007033</div>
7034
7035<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7036<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7037 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7038</div>
7039<div class="doc_text">
7040<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7041
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007042<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
7043 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7044
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007045<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007046 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
7047 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
7048 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
7049 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007050</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007051
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007052<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007053<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
7054 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
7055 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7056
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007057<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007058<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
7059 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
7060 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
7061 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
7062 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007063
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007064<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007065<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
7066 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
7067 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007068
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007069<h5>Examples:</h5>
7070<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007071%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7072%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007073 store i32 4, %ptr
7074
7075%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007076%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007077 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7078%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7079%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7080
7081%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007082%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007083 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7084
7085%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
7086%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
7087</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007088
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007089</div>
7090
7091<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7092<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007093 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007094
7095</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007096
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007097<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007098
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007099<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007100<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
7101 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7102
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007103<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007104 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7105 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7106 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7107 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007108</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007109
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007110<h5>Overview:</h5>
7111<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
7112 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7113
7114<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7115<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7116 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7117 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7118 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7119
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007120<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007121<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7122 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
7123 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007124
7125<h5>Examples:</h5>
7126<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007127%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7128%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7129 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007130%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007131 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007132%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007133 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007134%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007135 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007136%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007137</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007138
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007139</div>
7140
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007141<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7142<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7143 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7144
7145</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007146
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007147<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007148
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007149<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007150<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
7151 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7152 support all bit widths however.</p>
7153
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007154<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007155 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7156 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7157 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7158 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007159</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007160
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007161<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007162<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007163 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7164
7165<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7166<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7167 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7168 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7169 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7170
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007171<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007172<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7173 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
7174 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
7175 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007176
7177<h5>Examples:</h5>
7178<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007179%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7180%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7181 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007182%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007183 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007184%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007185 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007186%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007187 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
7188%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
7189</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007190
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007191</div>
7192
7193<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7194<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7195 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7196 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7197 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7198 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007199</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007200
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007201<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007202
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007203<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007204<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
7205 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
7206 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
7207 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
7208 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007209
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007210<pre>
7211 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7212 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7213 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7214 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007215</pre>
7216
7217<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007218 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7219 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7220 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7221 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007222</pre>
7223
7224<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007225 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7226 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7227 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7228 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007229</pre>
7230
7231<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007232 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7233 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7234 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7235 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007236</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007237
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007238<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007239<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
7240 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
7241 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007242
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007243<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7244<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7245 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7246 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7247 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7248
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007249<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007250<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7251 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
7252 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
7253 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007254
7255<h5>Examples:</h5>
7256<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007257%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7258%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7259 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007260%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007261 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007262%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007263 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007264%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007265 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007266%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007267 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
7268%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
7269</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007270
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007271</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007272
7273<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7274<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7275 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7276 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7277 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7278 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007279</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007280
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007281<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007282
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007283<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007284<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
7285 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
7286 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
7287 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007288
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007289<pre>
7290 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7291 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7292 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7293 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007294</pre>
7295
7296<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007297 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7298 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7299 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7300 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007301</pre>
7302
7303<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007304 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7305 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7306 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7307 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007308</pre>
7309
7310<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007311 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7312 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7313 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7314 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007315</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007316
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007317<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007318<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007319 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
7320 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007321
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007322<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7323<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7324 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7325 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7326 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7327
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007328<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007329<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7330 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
7331 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
7332 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007333
7334<h5>Examples:</h5>
7335<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007336%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7337%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7338 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007339%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007340 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007341%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007342 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007343%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007344 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007345%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007346 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7347%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7348</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007349
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007350</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007351
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007352
7353<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7354<div class="doc_subsection">
7355 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7356</div>
7357
7358<div class="doc_text">
7359
7360<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7361 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7362
7363</div>
7364
7365<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7366<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7367 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7368</div>
7369
7370<div class="doc_text">
7371
7372<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7373<pre>
7374 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7375</pre>
7376
7377<h5>Overview:</h5>
7378<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7379 object's lifetime.</p>
7380
7381<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007382<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7383 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7384 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007385
7386<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7387<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7388 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007389 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7390 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007391 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7392
7393</div>
7394
7395<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7396<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7397 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7398</div>
7399
7400<div class="doc_text">
7401
7402<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7403<pre>
7404 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7405</pre>
7406
7407<h5>Overview:</h5>
7408<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7409 object's lifetime.</p>
7410
7411<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007412<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7413 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7414 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007415
7416<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7417<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7418 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7419 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7420 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7421
7422</div>
7423
7424<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7425<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7426 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7427</div>
7428
7429<div class="doc_text">
7430
7431<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7432<pre>
7433 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7434</pre>
7435
7436<h5>Overview:</h5>
7437<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7438 a memory object will not change.</p>
7439
7440<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007441<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7442 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7443 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007444
7445<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7446<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7447 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7448 unchanging.</p>
7449
7450</div>
7451
7452<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7453<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7454 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7455</div>
7456
7457<div class="doc_text">
7458
7459<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7460<pre>
7461 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7462</pre>
7463
7464<h5>Overview:</h5>
7465<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7466 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7467
7468<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7469<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007470 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7471 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7472 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007473
7474<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7475<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7476
7477</div>
7478
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007479<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7480<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007481 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7482</div>
7483
7484<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007485
7486<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7487 purpose.</p>
7488
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007489</div>
7490
7491<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7492<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7493 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7494</div>
7495
7496<div class="doc_text">
7497
7498<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7499<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007500 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007501</pre>
7502
7503<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007504<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007505
7506<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007507<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7508 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7509 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007510
7511<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007512<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7513 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7514 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7515 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007516
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007517</div>
7518
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007519<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7520<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007521 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007522</div>
7523
7524<div class="doc_text">
7525
7526<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007527<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7528 any integer bit width.</p>
7529
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007530<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007531 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7532 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7533 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7534 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7535 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007536</pre>
7537
7538<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007539<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007540
7541<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007542<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7543 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7544 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7545 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007546
7547<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007548<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7549 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7550 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7551 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007552
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007553</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007554
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007555<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7556<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7557 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7558</div>
7559
7560<div class="doc_text">
7561
7562<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7563<pre>
7564 declare void @llvm.trap()
7565</pre>
7566
7567<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007568<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007569
7570<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007571<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007572
7573<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007574<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7575 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7576 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007577
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007578</div>
7579
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007580<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7581<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007582 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007583</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007584
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007585<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007586
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007587<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7588<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007589 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007590</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007591
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007592<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007593<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7594 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7595 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7596
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007597<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007598<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7599 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7600 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7601 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7602
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007603<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007604<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7605 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7606 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7607 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7608 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7609 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7610 function.</p>
7611
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007612</div>
7613
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007614<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7615<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7616 <a name="int_objectsize">'<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7617</div>
7618
7619<div class="doc_text">
7620
7621<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7622<pre>
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007623 declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32( i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt; )
7624 declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64( i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt; )
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007625</pre>
7626
7627<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007628<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is designed to provide information
Eric Christopherd003c5b2010-01-08 21:42:39 +00007629 to the optimizers to discover at compile time either a) when an
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007630 operation like memcpy will either overflow a buffer that corresponds to
7631 an object, or b) to determine that a runtime check for overflow isn't
7632 necessary. An object in this context means an allocation of a
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007633 specific class, structure, array, or other object.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007634
7635<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7636<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
Eric Christopher8295a0a2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007637 argument is a pointer to or into the <tt>object</tt>. The second argument
7638 is a boolean 0 or 1. This argument determines whether you want the
7639 maximum (0) or minimum (1) bytes remaining. This needs to be a literal 0 or
7640 1, variables are not allowed.</p>
7641
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007642<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7643<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is lowered to either a constant
Eric Christopher6c7e8a02009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007644 representing the size of the object concerned or <tt>i32/i64 -1 or 0</tt>
7645 (depending on the <tt>type</tt> argument if the size cannot be determined
7646 at compile time.</p>
Eric Christopher0e671492009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007647
7648</div>
7649
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007650<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007651<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007652<address>
7653 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007654 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007655 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007656 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007657
7658 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007659 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007660 Last modified: $Date$
7661</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007662
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007663</body>
7664</html>